blob: 7e610a8ebda3a669f0e1f9cb3a7eaeaf0420336c [file] [log] [blame]
Tom Rini83d290c2018-05-06 17:58:06 -04001# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02003# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005
6Summary:
7========
8
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00009This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000010Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
11processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
12initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
13code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000014
15The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000016the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
17header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000018support booting of Linux images.
19
20Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
21configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
22implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
23add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
24code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
25load and run it dynamically.
26
27
28Status:
29=======
30
31In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000032Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000033"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
34
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050035In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
36the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
37scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
38companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000039
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050040Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
41actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
42from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000043
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050051U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050061The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010062git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500137 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000140 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400142 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200143 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800144 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500145 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400147 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
149/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800150/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500151/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500152/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
154/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
155/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400156/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
158/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
159/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500160/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
161/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500162/net Networking code
163/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
165/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168Software Configuration:
169=======================
170
171Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
172rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
173
174There are two classes of configuration variables:
175
176* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
177 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
178 "CONFIG_".
179
180* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
181 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
182 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200183 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000184
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500185Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
186symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
187U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
188allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
189build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000190
191
192Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
193---------------------------------------------------
194
195For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200196configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000197
198Example: For a TQM823L module type:
199
200 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200201 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000202
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500203Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
204you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
205doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600207Sandbox Environment:
208--------------------
209
210U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
211board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
212specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
213run some of U-Boot's tests.
214
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530215See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600216
217
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700218Board Initialisation Flow:
219--------------------------
220
221This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500222SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700223
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
225more detail later in this file.
226
227At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
228and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
229may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
230CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
231
232Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
233CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
234
235 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
236 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
237 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
238
239and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
240limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700241
242lowlevel_init():
243 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
244 - no global_data or BSS
245 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
246 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
247 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
248 board_init_f()
249 - this is almost never needed
250 - return normally from this function
251
252board_init_f():
253 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
254 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
255 - global_data is available
256 - stack is in SRAM
257 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
258 only stack variables and global_data
259
260 Non-SPL-specific notes:
261 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
262 can do nothing
263
264 SPL-specific notes:
265 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
266 version as needed.
267 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
268 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
269 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
270 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
271 directly)
272
273Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
274this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
275CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
276memory.
277
278board_init_r():
279 - purpose: main execution, common code
280 - global_data is available
281 - SDRAM is available
282 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
283 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
284
285 Non-SPL-specific notes:
286 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
287 there.
288
289 SPL-specific notes:
290 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
291 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
292 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800293 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700294 spl_board_init() function containing this call
295 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
296
297
298
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000299Configuration Options:
300----------------------
301
302Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
303such information is kept in a configuration file
304"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
305
306Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
307"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
308
309
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000310Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
311kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
312build a config tool - later.
313
Ashish Kumar63b23162017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530314- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
315 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
316 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
317 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
318
319 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
320
321 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
322 CCN-400
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000323
Ashish Kumarc055cee2017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530324 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
325
326 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
327
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000328The following options need to be configured:
329
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500330- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000331
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200333
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600334- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000335 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
336
337 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
338 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
339 compliance, among other possible reasons.
340
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
342
343 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
344 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
345 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
346
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500347 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
348
349 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
350 tree nodes for the given platform.
351
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000352 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
353
354 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
355 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
356 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
357
358 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
360
361 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
362 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
363
364 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
365 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
366 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
367 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
368
369 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
370 this erratum.
371
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530372 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
373 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800374 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530375
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530376 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
377 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800378 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530379
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000380 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
381
382 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
383 according to the A004510 workaround.
384
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
386 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
387 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
388
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
390 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
391 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
392
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
394 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
395 connected to the DSP core.
396
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
398 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
399
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
401 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
402 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
403 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
404
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530405 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
406 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800407 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530408
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800409 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800410 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800411 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
412
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000413- Generic CPU options:
414 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
415
416 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
417 values is arch specific.
418
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
420 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
421 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
422 SoCs.
423
424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
425 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
426
427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
428 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
429 deskew training are not available.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
432 Freescale DDR1 controller.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
435 Freescale DDR2 controller.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
438 Freescale DDR3 controller.
439
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
441 Freescale DDR4 controller.
442
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700443 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
444 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
445
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
447 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
448 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
449 implemetation.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400452 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
454 implementation.
455
456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
457 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700458 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
461 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 DDR3L controllers.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
465 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
466 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700467
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
469 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
472 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
475 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
476
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
478 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
494
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
496 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
497 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
498 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
499
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
501 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
502 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
503 SoCs with ARM core.
504
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
506 Number of controllers used as main memory.
507
508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
509 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
510
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
512 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
513
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
515 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
516
517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
518 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
519
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200520- MIPS CPU options:
521 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
522
523 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
524 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
525 relocation.
526
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200527 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
528
529 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
530 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
531 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
532
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000533- ARM options:
534 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
535
536 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
537 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
538
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700539 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
540 Generic timer clock source frequency.
541
542 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
543 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
544 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
545 at run time.
546
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700547- Tegra SoC options:
548 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
549
550 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
551 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
552 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
553
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000554- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000555 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
556
557 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
558 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
559 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
560 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
561 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
562 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
563 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000564 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100565 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000566 default environment.
567
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000568 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
569
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800570 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000571 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
572 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
573
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400574 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200575
576 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400577 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
578 concepts).
579
580 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
581 * New libfdt-based support
582 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500583 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400584
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200585 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600586 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200587
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200588 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
589 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500590
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600591 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
592
593 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
594 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000595
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600596 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
597
598 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
599 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
600 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
601 the kernel.
602
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200603 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
604
605 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
606 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
607 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
608 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
609 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
610 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
611
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000612 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
613
614 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
615 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
616 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
617 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
618 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
619 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
620 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
621
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100622- vxWorks boot parameters:
623
624 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700625 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
626 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100627 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
628
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100629 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
630 the defaults discussed just above.
631
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000632- Cache Configuration:
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000633 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
634
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000635- Cache Configuration for ARM:
636 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
637 controller
638 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
639 controller register space
640
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000641- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200642 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000643
644 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
645
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200646 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647
648 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
649
650 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
651
652 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
653 the clock speed of the UARTs.
654
655 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
656
657 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
658 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
659 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
660
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400661 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
662
663 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
664 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000665
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000666- Console Baudrate:
667 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
668 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200669 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000670
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000671- Autoboot Command:
672 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
673 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
674 define a command string that is automatically executed
675 when no character is read on the console interface
676 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000678 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000679 The value of these goes into the environment as
680 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
681 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200682 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684- Serial Download Echo Mode:
685 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
686 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
687 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
688 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
689 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
690 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
691 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
692
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500693- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000694 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
695 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200696 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000697
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600698- Removal of commands
699 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
700 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
701 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
702 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
703 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
704 simple boot procedures.
705
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000706- Regular expression support:
707 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200708 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
709 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
710 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
711 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000712
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000713- Device tree:
714 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
715 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
716 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
717 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
718 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
719 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
720
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000721 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700722 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000723
724 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
725 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
726 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
727 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
728 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsueb3eb602017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900729 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000730
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000731 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
732 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
733 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
734 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
735
736 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
737
738 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
739 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
740 still use the individual files if you need something more
741 exotic.
742
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700743 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
744 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
745 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
746 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
747 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
748
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000749- Watchdog:
750 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
751 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000752 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200753 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
754 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
755 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
756 available, then no further board specific code should
757 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000758
759 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
760 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
761 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
762 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000763
764- Real-Time Clock:
765
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500766 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
768 following options:
769
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000771 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000772 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000773 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000774 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000775 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200776 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000777 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100778 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000779 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200780 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200781 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
782 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000784 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
785 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
786
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600787- GPIO Support:
788 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600789
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000790 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
791 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
792 pins supported by a particular chip.
793
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600794 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
795 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
796
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600797- I/O tracing:
798 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
799 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
800 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
801 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
802 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
803 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
804 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
805 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
806
807 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
808 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
809 still continue to operate.
810
811 iotrace is enabled
812 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
813 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
814 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
815 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
816 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
817 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819- Timestamp Support:
820
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000821 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
822 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
823 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000825
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000826- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
827 Zero or more of the following:
828 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000829 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
830 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
831 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
832 disk/part_efi.c
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600833 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000834 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000835
836- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000837 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
838 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000839
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000840 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
841 be performed by calling the function
842 ide_set_reset(int reset)
843 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844
845- ATAPI Support:
846 CONFIG_ATAPI
847
848 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
849
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000850- LBA48 Support
851 CONFIG_LBA48
852
853 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100854 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000855 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
856 support disks up to 2.1TB.
857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200858 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000859 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
860 Default is 32bit.
861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200863 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
864 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
865 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
867 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000868
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200869 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
870 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000871
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000873 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000874 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
875
876 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
877 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
878 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
879 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
880
881 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
882 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
883 example with the "sspi" command.
884
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885 CONFIG_EEPRO100
886 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200887 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888 write routine for first time initialisation.
889
890 CONFIG_TULIP
891 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
892 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
893 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
894
895 CONFIG_NATSEMI
896 Support for National dp83815 chips.
897
898 CONFIG_NS8382X
899 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
900
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000901- NETWORK Support (other):
902
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100903 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
904 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
905
906 CONFIG_RMII
907 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
908
909 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
910 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
911 The driver doen't show link status messages.
912
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000913 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
914 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
915
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000916 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000917 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
918
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000919 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
920 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
921
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000922 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000923 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
924
925 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
926 Define this to hold the physical address
927 of the device (I/O space)
928
929 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
930 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
931
932 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
933 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
934 (some hardware wont work with macros)
935
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -0500936 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
937 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
938
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800939 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
940 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
941
942 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
943 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
944 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
945 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
946 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
947 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
948 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
949 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
950
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +0900951 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
952 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
953
954 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
955 Define the number of ports to be used
956
957 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
958 Define the ETH PHY's address
959
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +0900960 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
961 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
962
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000963- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000964 CONFIG_TPM
965 Support TPM devices.
966
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +0200967 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
968 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000969 per system is supported at this time.
970
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000971 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
972 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
973
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +0100974 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
975 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
976
977 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
978 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
979 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
980
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +0100981 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
982 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
983 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
984
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +0200985 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
986 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
987
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000988 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000989 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
990 per system is supported at this time.
991
992 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
993 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
994 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
995 0xfed40000.
996
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +0200997 CONFIG_TPM
998 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
999 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1000 Requires support for a TPM device.
1001
1002 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1003 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1004 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1005
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001006- USB Support:
1007 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001008 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001009 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1010 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001011 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001012 storage devices.
1013 Note:
1014 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1015 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001016
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001017 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1018 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1019
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001020 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1021 HW module registers.
1022
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001023- USB Device:
1024 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1025 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1026 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001027 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001028 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1029 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001030 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001031 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1032 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1033 a Linux host by
1034 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1035 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1036 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1037 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001038
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001039 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1040 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001042 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1043 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1044 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001045
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301046 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1047 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1048 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1049 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1050 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1051 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1052 speed.
1053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001054 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001055 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1056 be set to usbtty.
1057
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001058 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001059 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001060 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001061 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1062 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1063 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1064
1065 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1066 Define this string as the name of your company for
1067 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001068
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001069 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1070 Define this string as the name of your product
1071 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1072
1073 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1074 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1075 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1076 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1077 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001078
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001079 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1080 Define this as the unique Product ID
1081 for your device
1082 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001083
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001084- ULPI Layer Support:
1085 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1086 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1087 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1088 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1089 viewport is supported.
1090 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1091 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001092 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1093 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1094 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001095
1096- MMC Support:
1097 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1098 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1099 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1100 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001101 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1102 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001103
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001104 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1105 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1106
1107 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1108 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1109
1110 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1111 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1112
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001113- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasutbb4059a2018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001114 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001115 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1116
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001117 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1118 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1119
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301120 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1121 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1122 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1123 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1124 one that would help mostly the developer.
1125
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001126 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1127 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1128 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1129 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1130 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1131
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001132 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1133 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1134 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1135 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1136 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1137 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1138
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001139 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1140 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1141 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1142 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1143
1144 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1145 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1146 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1147 sending again an USB request to the device.
1148
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001149- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001150 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001151 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001153 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1154 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001155 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1156
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001157- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001158 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1159
1160 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1161
1162 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1163 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1164 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1165 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1166 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001167
1168- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001169 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001170 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001171 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1172 support, and should also define these other macros:
1173
1174 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1175 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001176 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1177 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1178 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1179 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1180 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1181
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001182 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1183 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001184 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001185 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001186
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001187- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1188
1189 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1190 display); also select one of the supported displays
1191 by defining one of these:
1192
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001193 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1194
1195 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1196
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001197 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001198
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001199 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001200
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001201 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001202
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001203 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1204 Active, color, single scan.
1205
1206 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1207
1208 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001209 Active, color, single scan.
1210
1211 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1212
1213 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1214 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1215
1216 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1217
1218 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1219 Active, color, single scan.
1220
1221 CONFIG_HLD1045
1222
1223 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1224 Active, color, single scan.
1225
1226 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1227
1228 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1229 or
1230 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1231 or
1232 Hitachi SP14Q002
1233
1234 320x240. Black & white.
1235
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001236 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1237
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001238 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001239 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1240 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1241 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1242 a per-section basis.
1243
1244
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001245 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1246
1247 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1248 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1249 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1250 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1251 printed out.
1252 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1253 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1254 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1255 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1256 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1257 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1258 1 = 90 degree rotation
1259 2 = 180 degree rotation
1260 3 = 270 degree rotation
1261
1262 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1263 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1264
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001265 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1266
1267 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1268
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001269 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1270
1271 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1272 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1273
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001274- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001275
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001276 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1277 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1278 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001279 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001280 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1281 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1282 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1283 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001284
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001285 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1286
1287 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1288 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001289 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001290 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1291 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1292 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1293 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1294 there is no need to set this option.
1295
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001296 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1297
1298 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1299 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1300 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1301 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1302 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1303 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1304
1305 Example:
1306 setenv splashpos m,m
1307 => image at center of screen
1308
1309 setenv splashpos 30,20
1310 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1311
1312 setenv splashpos -10,m
1313 => vertically centered image
1314 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1315
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001316- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1317
1318 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1319 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1320 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1321
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001322- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1323
1324 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1325 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1326 bmp command.
1327
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001328- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001329 CONFIG_GZIP
1330
1331 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1332
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001333 CONFIG_BZIP2
1334
1335 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1336 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1337 compressed images are supported.
1338
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001339 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001340 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001341 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001342
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001343- MII/PHY support:
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001344 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1345
1346 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1347
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001348 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1349
1350 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1351 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1352 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1353 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1354
1355 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1356
1357 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1358 command issued before MII status register can be read
1359
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001360- IP address:
1361 CONFIG_IPADDR
1362
1363 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001364 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001365 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001366 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001367
1368- Server IP address:
1369 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1370
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001371 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001372 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001373 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001374
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001375 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1376
1377 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1378 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1379
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001380- Gateway IP address:
1381 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1382
1383 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1384 default router where packets to other networks are
1385 sent to.
1386 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1387
1388- Subnet mask:
1389 CONFIG_NETMASK
1390
1391 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1392 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1393 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1394 forwarded through a router.
1395 (Environment variable "netmask")
1396
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001397- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1398 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1399
1400 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1401 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1402 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1403 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1404 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1405 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1406 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1407 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001408 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001409
1410 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1411 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1412 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1413 4th and following
1414 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1415
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001416 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1417
1418 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1419 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1420 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1421 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1422 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1423 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1424 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1425 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1426 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1427 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1428 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1429 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1430 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1431 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1432 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1433
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001434- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001435 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1436 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001437
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001438 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001439 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001440 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1441 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1442 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1443 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001444 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001445
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001446 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1447 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001448
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001449 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1450 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1451 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1452 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1453 is not available.
1454
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001455 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1456 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1457 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001458 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001459 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1460 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001461
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001462 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1463
1464 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1465 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1466 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1467 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1468 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1469 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1470 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1471 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1472 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1473 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1474 this delay.
1475
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001476 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1477 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1478 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1479 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1480 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1481
1482 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1483
Prabhakar Kushwaha24acb832017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301484 - MAC address from environment variables
1485
1486 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1487
1488 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1489 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1490 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1491 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1492
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001493 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001494 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001495
1496 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1497
1498 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1499
1500 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1501 of the device.
1502
1503 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1504
1505 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1506 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001507 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001508
1509 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1510
1511 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1512 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1513
1514 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1515
1516 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1517
1518 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1519
1520 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1521
1522 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1523
1524 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1525
1526 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1527
1528 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1529 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1530
1531 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1532
1533 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1534
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001535- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001536
1537 Several configurations allow to display the current
1538 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1539 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1540 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1541 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1542 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001543 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001544 feature in U-Boot.
1545
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001546 Additional options:
1547
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001548 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001549 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1550 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001551 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001552 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1553
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001554 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1555 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1556 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1557 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1558 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1559 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1560
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001561- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001562
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001563 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1564 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1565 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1566 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1567 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1568 interface.
1569
1570 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001571 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1572 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1573 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1574 for defining speed and slave address
1575 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1576 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1577 for defining speed and slave address
1578 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1579 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1580 for defining speed and slave address
1581 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1582 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1583 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001584
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001585 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1586 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1587 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1588 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1589 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1590 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001591 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1593 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1594 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1595 second bus.
1596
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001597 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001598 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1599 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1600 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001601
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001602 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1603 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1604 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1605 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1606
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001607 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1608 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001609 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1610 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1611 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1612 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001613 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1614 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1615 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1616 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1617 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1618 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001619 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1620 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001621 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001622 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1623
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001624 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1625 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1626 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1627
1628 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1629 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1630 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1631 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1632 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1633 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1634 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1635 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1636 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1637
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001638 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1639 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1640 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1641
1642 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1643 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1644 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1645 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1646 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1647 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1648 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1649 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1650 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1651 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001652 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001653
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001654 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1655 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1656 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1657 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1658 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1659 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1660 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1661 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1662 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1663 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1664 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1665 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1666
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301667 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1668 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1669 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1670 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1671 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1672
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001673 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1674 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1675 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1676 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1677 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1678 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1679 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1680 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1681 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1682 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1683 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1684 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1685 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1686 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001687 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1688 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1689 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1690 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1691 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1692 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1693 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1694 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1695 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001696
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001697 additional defines:
1698
1699 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001700 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001701
1702 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1703 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1704 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1705 omit this define.
1706
1707 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1708 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1709 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1710 define.
1711
1712 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001713 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001714 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1715 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1716 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1717
1718 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1719 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1720 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1721 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1722 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1723 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1724 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1725 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1726 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1727 }
1728
1729 which defines
1730 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001731 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1732 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1733 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1734 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1735 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001736 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001737 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1738 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001739
1740 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1741
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001742- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001743 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001744 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1745 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001746
1747 I2C_INIT
1748
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001749 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001750 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001751
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001752 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001753
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001754 I2C_ACTIVE
1755
1756 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1757 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1758 define can be null.
1759
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001760 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1761
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001762 I2C_TRISTATE
1763
1764 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1765 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1766 define can be null.
1767
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001768 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1769
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770 I2C_READ
1771
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001772 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1773 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001774
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001775 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1776
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001777 I2C_SDA(bit)
1778
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001779 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1780 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001781
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001782 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001783 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001784 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001785
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001786 I2C_SCL(bit)
1787
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001788 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1789 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001790
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001791 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001792 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001793 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001794
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001795 I2C_DELAY
1796
1797 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1798 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001799 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001800 like:
1801
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001802 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001803
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001804 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1805
1806 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1807 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1808 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1809 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1810
1811 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1812 the generic GPIO functions.
1813
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001814 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001815
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001816 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1817 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1818 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1819 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1820 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1821 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1822 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1823 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001824
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001825 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1826
1827 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001828 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1829 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001830 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001832 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001833
1834 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001835 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001836 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1837 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001838
1839 e.g.
1840 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001841 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001842
1843 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1844
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001845 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001846 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001847
1848 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001850 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001851
1852 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1853 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001855 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001856
1857 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1858 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1859
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001860 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1861
1862 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1863 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1864 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1865 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1866 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1867 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1868 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001869
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001870- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1871
1872 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1873 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1874 D/As on the SACSng board)
1875
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001876 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1877
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001878 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1879 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1880 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1881 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1882 defined, the board configuration must define several
1883 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1884 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001885
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02001886 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
1887 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
1888 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
1889
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001890- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1891
1892 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1893
1894 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1895
1896 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1897 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1898
1899 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1900
1901 Enables support for FPGA family.
1902 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1903
1904 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001905
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001906 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001908 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001909
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001910 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001912 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001914 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1915 status by the configuration function. This option
1916 will require a board or device specific function to
1917 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001918
1919 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1920
1921 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1922 configuration driver.
1923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001924 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001925 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001927 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001928
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001929 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1930 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1931 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1932 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001934 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001936 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
1937 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001938 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001939 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001940
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001941 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001942
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001943 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001944 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001946 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001947
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001948 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001949 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001950
1951- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02001952
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001953 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1954
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001955 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1956 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001957
1958- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1959
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001960 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1961 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001962 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001963 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1964 protects these variables from casual modification by
1965 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1966 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001967 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001968
1969 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1970 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001971 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972 these parameters.
1973
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05001974 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
1975 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001976 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001977 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1978 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1979 read-only.]
1980
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06001981 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
1982 for any variable by configuring the type of access
1983 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
1984 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
1985
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001986- Protected RAM:
1987 CONFIG_PRAM
1988
1989 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
1990 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
1991 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
1992 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
1993 this default value by defining an environment
1994 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
1995 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
1996 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
1997 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
1998 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
1999 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2000 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2001
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002002 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002003 saveenv
2004
2005 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2006 either, which results in a memory region that will
2007 not be affected by reboots.
2008
2009 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2010 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2011 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2012 following board configurations are known to be
2013 "pRAM-clean":
2014
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002015 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002016 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002017 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002018
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002019- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2020 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2021 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2022 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2023 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2024 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2025 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2026
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002027- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002028 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2029
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002030 This variable defines the number of retries for
2031 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2032 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2033 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002034
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002035 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2036
2037 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2038
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002039 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2040
2041 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2042 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2043 try longer timeout such as
2044 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2045
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002046- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002047 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002048
2049 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2050 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2051 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2052
2053 Note:
2054
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002055 In the current implementation, the local variables
2056 space and global environment variables space are
2057 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2058 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2059 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2060 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2061 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002062
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002063 Global environment variables are those you use
2064 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2065 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2066 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002067
2068 To store commands and special characters in a
2069 variable, please use double quotation marks
2070 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2071 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2072 symbols.
2073
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002074- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002075 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2076
2077 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2078 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2079 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2080 and PS2.
2081
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002082- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002083 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2084
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002085 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2086 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002087 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002088
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002089 For example, place something like this in your
2090 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002091
2092 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2093 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2094 "myvar2=value2\0"
2095
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002096 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2097 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2098 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2099 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002100 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002101 You better know what you are doing here.
2102
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002103 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2104 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002105 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002106 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002107
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002108 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2109
2110 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002111 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002112 that so that the environment is not available until
2113 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2114 this is instead controlled by the value of
2115 /config/load-environment.
2116
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002117- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2118 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2119
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002120 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002121 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002122 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002123 number generator is used.
2124
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002125 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2126 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2127 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2128
2129 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002130 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2131 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2132 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2133 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2134 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2135 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2136
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002137- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002138 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2139
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002140 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2141 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2142 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2143 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2144 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2145 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002147
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002148Legacy uImage format:
2149
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150 Arg Where When
2151 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002152 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002153 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002154 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002155 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002156 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002157 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2158 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2159 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002160 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2162 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2163 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2164 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002165 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002166 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002167
2168 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2169 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2170 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2171 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2172 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2173 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2174 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002175 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002176 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2177 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2178
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002179 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002180
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002181 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002182 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2183 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002184
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002185 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2186 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2187 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2188 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2189 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2190 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2191 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2192 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2193 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2194 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2195 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2196 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2197 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2198 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2199 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2200 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2201 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2202 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2203 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2204 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2205 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2206 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2207 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2208 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2209 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2210 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2211 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2212 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2213 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2214 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2215 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2216 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2217 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2218 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2219 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2220 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2221 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2222 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2223 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2224 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2225 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2226 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2227 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2228 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2229 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2230 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2231 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002233 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002234
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002235 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002236 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2237 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002238
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002239 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002240 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2241 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2242 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002243 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2244 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002245 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2246 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002247 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002248
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002249FIT uImage format:
2250
2251 Arg Where When
2252 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2253 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2254 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2255 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2256 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2257 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002258 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002259 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2260 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2261 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2262 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2263 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002264 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2265 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002266 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2267 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2268 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2269 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2270 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2271 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2272 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2273 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2274
2275 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2276 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2277 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002278 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002279 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2280 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2281 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2282 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2283 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2284 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2285 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2286 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2287 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2288 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2289 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2290 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2291
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002292 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002293 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2294
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002295 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002296 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2297
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002298 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002299 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2300
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002301- Standalone program support:
2302 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2303
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002304 This option defines a board specific value for the
2305 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2306 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002307 settings.
2308
2309- Frame Buffer Address:
2310 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2311
2312 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002313 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2314 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2315 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2316 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2317 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2318 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2319 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002320
2321 Please see board_init_f function.
2322
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002323- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2324 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2325 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2326 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2327
2328 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2329 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2330
2331- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002332 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2333 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2334 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2335 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2336 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2337 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2338
2339 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2340 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2341 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2342 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2343 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2344
2345 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002346
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002347 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2348 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2349 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2350 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2351 flash), this value is ignored.
2352
2353 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2354 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2355 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2356 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2357 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2358 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2359
2360 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2361 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2362 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2363 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2364 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2365 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2366 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2367 partition.
2368
2369 default: 20
2370
2371 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2372 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2373 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2374 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2375 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2376 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2377 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2378 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2379 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2380 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2381 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2382 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2383
2384 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2385 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2386 without a fastmap.
2387 default: 0
2388
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002389 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2390 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2391 default: 0
2392
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002393- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002394 CONFIG_SPL
2395 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002396
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002397 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2398 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2399
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002400 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2401 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2402 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2403 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002404 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002405 must not be both defined at the same time.
2406
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002407 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002408 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2409 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2410 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2411 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002412
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002413 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2414 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2415 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2416
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002417 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2418 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2419
2420 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002421 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2422 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2423 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002424 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002425 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002426
2427 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2428 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2429
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002430 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2431 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2432 loaded does not have a signature.
2433 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2434 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2435 will be caught.
2436 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2437 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2438 and thus should be skipped silently.
2439
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002440 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2441 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2442 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2443 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2444
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002445 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2446 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002447 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2448 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2449 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002450
2451 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2452 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002453
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002454 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2455 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2456 See also: doc/README.falcon
2457
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002458 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2459 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2460 about the running system.
2461
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002462 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2463 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2464
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002465 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2466 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2467 used in raw mode
2468
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002469 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2470 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2471 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2472
2473 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2474 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2475 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2476 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2477 (for falcon mode)
2478
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002479 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2480 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2481 used in fs mode
2482
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002483 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2484 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2485
2486 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002487 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002488 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002489
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002490 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002491 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002492 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002493
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002494 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2495 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2496 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2497 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2498 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2499
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302500 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2501 Avoid SPL relocation
2502
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002503 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2504 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2505 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2506
2507 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2508 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2509
Jörg Krause15e207f2018-01-14 19:26:38 +01002510 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_IDENT
2511 SPL uses the chip ID list to identify the NAND flash.
2512 Requires CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE.
2513
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002514 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2515 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2516
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002517 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002518 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2519 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002520
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002521 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2522 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2523 loader
2524
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002525 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2526 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2527 if you need to save space.
2528
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002529 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2530 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2531 SPL binary.
2532
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002533 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2534 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2535 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2536 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2537 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2538 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002539 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002540
2541 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002542 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2543
2544 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2545 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2546
2547 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2548 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002549
2550 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002551 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002552
2553 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2554 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002555 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002556
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002557 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2558 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2559
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002560 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002561 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2562 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2563 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2564 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2565 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002566
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002567 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2568 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2569 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2570 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2571
Marek Vasutb527b9c2018-05-13 00:22:52 +02002572 CONFIG_SPL_FIT_PRINT
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002573 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2574 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2575 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2576 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2577
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002578- TPL framework
2579 CONFIG_TPL
2580 Enable building of TPL globally.
2581
2582 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2583 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2584 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002585 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2586 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2587 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002588
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002589- Interrupt support (PPC):
2590
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002591 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2592 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002593 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002594 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002595 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002596 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002597 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002598 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2599 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2600 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002601
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002603Board initialization settings:
2604------------------------------
2605
2606During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2607to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2608before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2609following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2610architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2611typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2612
2613- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2614- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2615- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2616- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002618Configuration Settings:
2619-----------------------
2620
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002621- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2622 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002624- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2626
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002627- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2628 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002630- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002631 prompt for user input.
2632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002633- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002635- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002637- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002639- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002640 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2641 booted
2642
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002643- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002646- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002647 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2648 simple memory test.
2649
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002650- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002651 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2652 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2653
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002654- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002655 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002656 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2657 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2658 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002659 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002660 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2661 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2662
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002663- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002664 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002665 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002666 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002667 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2668 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2669 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002670 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002671 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002672 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002673
2674 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2675 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2676 be touched.
2677
2678 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2679 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2680 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2681 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2682 problems.
2683
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002684- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002685 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002687- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2689
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002690- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002691 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2692
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002693- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2695 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002696 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002699- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002700 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2701 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2702 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2703 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002705- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002706 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2707
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002708- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2709 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2710 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2711 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2712 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2713 space.
2714
2715 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2716 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2717 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002718 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002719 U-Boot relocates itself.
2720
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002721- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2722 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2723 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2724 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2725
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002726- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2727 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2728 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2729 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2730 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2731 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2732 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2733 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2734 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2735 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2736 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2737 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2738 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2739 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2740 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2741 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2742
2743 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002745- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002746 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2747 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002748 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002749 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002751- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002752 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2753 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002754 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2755 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002756 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002757 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002758 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002759 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2760 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2761 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002762
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002763- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2764 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2765 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2766 is enabled.
2767
2768- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2769 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2770 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2771
2772- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2773 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2774 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2775
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002776- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002777 Max number of Flash memory banks
2778
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002779- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002780 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002782- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002785- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002788- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002789 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002791- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002792 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002794- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002795 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2796 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002798- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799
2800 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2801 without this option such a download has to be
2802 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2803 copy from RAM to flash.
2804
2805 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2806 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002807 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2808 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002809 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002811- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002812 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002813 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002815- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002816 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2817 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002818
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002819- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2820 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2821 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2822 to the MTD layer.
2823
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002824- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002825 Use buffered writes to flash.
2826
2827- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2828 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2829 write commands.
2830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002831- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002832 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2833 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2834 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2835 optionally available.
2836
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002837- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2838 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2839 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2840 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2841
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02002842- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
2843 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
2844 against the source after the write operation. An error message
2845 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
2846 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
2847 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
2848 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
2849 this option if you really know what you are doing.
2850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002851- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002852 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2853 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002854 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2855 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002856 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002857 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2858
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002859- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2860
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002861 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2862 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2863 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2864 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2865 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002866
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002867- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2868- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002869 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002870 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
2871 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
2872 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
2873
2874 The format of the list is:
2875 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002876 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
2877 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002878 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
2879 list = entry[,list]
2880
2881 The type attributes are:
2882 s - String (default)
2883 d - Decimal
2884 x - Hexadecimal
2885 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
2886 i - IP address
2887 m - MAC address
2888
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002889 The access attributes are:
2890 a - Any (default)
2891 r - Read-only
2892 o - Write-once
2893 c - Change-default
2894
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002895 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2896 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002897 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002898
2899 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
2900 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
2901 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
2902 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
2903 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
2904 ".flags" variable.
2905
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05002906 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
2907 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
2908 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
2909
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002910- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
2911 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
2912 access flags.
2913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002914The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2915of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2916following configurations:
2917
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002918- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2919
2920 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2921 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2922
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002923BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002924in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002925console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926U-Boot will hang.
2927
2928Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2929environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2930keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2931to save the current settings.
2932
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002933BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
2934"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00002935environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
2936but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002937
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002938- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2939
2940 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2941 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2942 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2943
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002944Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002945has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass00caae62017-08-03 12:22:12 -06002946created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002947until then to read environment variables.
2948
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002949The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2950is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2951with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2952necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2953"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2954have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002955
2956Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2957the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002958use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002960- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002961 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002963 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002964 also needs to be defined.
2965
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002966- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002967 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002968
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08002969- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2970 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2971 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2972 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2973 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2974 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2975
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00002976- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
2977 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
2978 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
2979 to do this.
2980
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00002981- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
2982 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
2983 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
2984 present.
2985
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02002986- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
2987 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
2988 build system checks that the actual size does not
2989 exceed it.
2990
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00002992---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002994- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
2996
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002997- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
2998 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
2999 PowerPC SOCs.
3000
3001- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3002 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3003 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3004
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003005- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3006 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3007 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003008 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003009 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3010 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3011 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3012
3013 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3014 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3015
3016- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003017 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3018 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003019 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3020 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3021
3022- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3023 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3024 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3025 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3026
3027- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3028 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3029 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3030
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003031- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003032 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003033
3034 the default drive number (default value 0)
3035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003036 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003037
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003038 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003039 (default value 1)
3040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003041 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003042
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003043 defines the offset of register from address. It
3044 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003045 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003046
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003047 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3048 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003049 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003050
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003051 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003052 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3053 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003054 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003055 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003056
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003057- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3058 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3059 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3060 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3061 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3062 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003063 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003064
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003065- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003066 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003067 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003069- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003070
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003071 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3073 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3074 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3075 will become available only after programming the
3076 memory controller and running certain initialization
3077 sequences.
3078
3079 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003080 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003082- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003083
3084 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003085 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3086 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003087 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003088 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003089 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3091 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003092
3093 Note:
3094 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3095 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003096 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003097 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3098 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003100- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003102- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003103 SDRAM timing
3104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003105- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003106 periodic timer for refresh
3107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003108- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3109 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3110 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3111 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003112 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3113
3114- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003115 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3116 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003117 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3118
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003119- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003120 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003121 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3122 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3123 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3124 by coreboot or similar.
3125
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003126- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3127 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3128
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003129- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3130 Chip has SRIO or not
3131
3132- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3133 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3134
3135- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3136 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3137
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003138- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3139 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3140
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003141- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3142 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3143
3144- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3145 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3146
3147- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3148 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3149
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003150- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3151 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3152 a 16 bit bus.
3153 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003154 Example of drivers that use it:
Miquel Raynala430fa02018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003155 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/ndfc.c
3156 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003157
3158- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3159 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3160 a default value will be used.
3161
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003162- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003163 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3164 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3165
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003166 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3167 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003169- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003170 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3171 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3172 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003173
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003174- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3175 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3176 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3177 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3178 header files or board specific files.
3179
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003180- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3181 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3182
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003183- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3184 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3185
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003186- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3187 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003189- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003190 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3191 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003192
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003193- CONFIG_RMII
3194 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3195 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3196 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3197
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003198- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3199 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3200 The syntax is:
3201
3202 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3203
3204 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3205 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3206 area should have.
3207
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003208- CONFIG_LOOPW
3209 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003210 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003211
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003212- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3213 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3214 "md/mw" commands.
3215 Examples:
3216
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003217 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003218 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3219
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003220 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003221 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3222
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003223 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003224 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003225
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003226- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003227 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003228 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3229 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3230 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003231
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003232 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3233 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3234 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3235 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003236
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003237- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3238 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003239 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003240 instruction cache) is still performed.
3241
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003242- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003243 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3244 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3245 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003246
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003247- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3248 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3249 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3250 It is loaded by the SPL.
3251
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003252- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3253 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3254 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3255 previous 4k of the .text section.
3256
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003257- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3258 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3259 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3260 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3261 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3262 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3263 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3264 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3265
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003266- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3267 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3268 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003269
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003270- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3271 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3272 driver that uses this:
Miquel Raynala430fa02018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003273 drivers/mtd/nand/raw/davinci_nand.c
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003274
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003275Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3276-----------------------------------
3277
3278The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3279loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3280This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3281are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3282within that device.
3283
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003284- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3285 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
Tom Rinicc1e98b2019-05-12 07:59:12 -04003286 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_xxx macro
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003287 is also specified.
3288
3289- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3290 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Tom Rinicc1e98b2019-05-12 07:59:12 -04003291 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_xxx macro
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003292 is also specified.
3293
3294- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3295 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3296 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3297 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3298 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3299
3300- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3301 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3302 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3303 virtual address in NOR flash.
3304
3305- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3306 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3307 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3308
3309- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3310 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3311 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3312
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003313- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3314 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3315 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003316 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3317 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3318 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003319
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003320Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3321---------------------------------------------------------
3322The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3323"firmware".
3324This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3325are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3326within that device.
3327
3328- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3329 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3330
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303331Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3332-------------------------------------------
3333The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3334"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3335This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3336
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003337- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3338 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303339
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003340Reproducible builds
3341-------------------
3342
3343In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3344process have to be set to a fixed value.
3345
3346This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3347SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3348option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3349
3350SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3351
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003352Building the Software:
3353======================
3354
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003355Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3356and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3357all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3358(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3359recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3360which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003361
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003362If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3363have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3364you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3365Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3366necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003367
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003368 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3369 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003370
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003371Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3372 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3373 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3374 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3375
3376 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3377
3378 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3379 be executed on computers running Windows.
3380
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003381U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3382sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003383is done by typing:
3384
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003385 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003386
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003387where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003388rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003390Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3391 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3392 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3393 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003394 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003395
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003396 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003397 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003399 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003400 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003402 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003403
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003405Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3406images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003408- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3409- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3410- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003412By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3413in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3414this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3415
34161. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3417
3418 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003419 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003420 make O=/tmp/build all
3421
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020034222. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003423
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003424 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003425 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003426 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003427 make all
3428
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003429Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003430variable.
3431
Daniel Schwierzeck215bb1c2018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003432User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3433setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3434For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3435
3436 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003438Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3439for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3440native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003443If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3444to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3445steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003446
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010034471. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003448 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003449 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
34502. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3451 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034523. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3453 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020034544. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034555. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3456 to be installed on your target system.
34576. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3458 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003461Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3462==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003463
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003464If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3465or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003466provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3467the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003468official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003469
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003470But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3471cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003472the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003473just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3474configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3475will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3476for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003477
3478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003479See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003480
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003482Monitor Commands - Overview:
3483============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003485go - start application at address 'addr'
3486run - run commands in an environment variable
3487bootm - boot application image from memory
3488bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003489bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003490tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3491 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3492 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003493tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003494rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3495diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3496loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3497loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3498md - memory display
3499mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3500nm - memory modify (constant address)
3501mw - memory write (fill)
3502cp - memory copy
3503cmp - memory compare
3504crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003505i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003506sspi - SPI utility commands
3507base - print or set address offset
3508printenv- print environment variables
3509setenv - set environment variables
3510saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3511protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3512erase - erase FLASH memory
3513flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003514nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003515bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3516iminfo - print header information for application image
3517coninfo - print console devices and informations
3518ide - IDE sub-system
3519loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003520loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003521mtest - simple RAM test
3522icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3523dcache - enable or disable data cache
3524reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3525echo - echo args to console
3526version - print monitor version
3527help - print online help
3528? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003529
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003531Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3532========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003534TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003536For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003537
3538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003539Environment Variables:
3540======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003542U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3543can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003545Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3546"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3547without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3548environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3549working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3550environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003551
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003552Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3553
3554List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003556 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003558 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003560 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003562 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003564 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003565
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003566 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3567 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3568 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3569 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3570 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3571 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003572 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3573 bootm_mapsize.
3574
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003575 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003576 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3577 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3578 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3579 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3580 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3581 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003582
3583 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3584 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3585 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3586 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3587 environment variable.
3588
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003589 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3590 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3591 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003593 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3594 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3595 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3596 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003598 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3599 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3600 be automatically started (by internally calling
3601 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003603 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3604 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3605 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3606 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3607 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003609 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3610 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003611 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3612 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3613 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3614 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3615 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3616 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3617 access it during the boot procedure.
3618
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003619 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3620 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3621 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3622 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3623 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3624 must be accessible by the kernel.
3625
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003626 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3627 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3628 defined.
3629
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003630 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3631 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3632 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3633 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3634 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003636 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3637 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3638 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3639 is usually what you want since it allows for
3640 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3641 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003642 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003643 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3644 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3645 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3646 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003648 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3649 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3650 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3651 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3652 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3653 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003655 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003657 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3658 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3659 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3660 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3661 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3662 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3663 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003665 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003667 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3668 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003670 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003672 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003674 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003676 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003678 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003680 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003682 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3683 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003685 => setenv ethact FEC
3686 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3687 => setenv ethact SCC
3688 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003689
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003690 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3691 available network interfaces.
3692 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3693
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003694 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003695 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3696 When set to "once" the network operation will
3697 fail when all the available network interfaces
3698 are tried once without success.
3699 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3700 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003701
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003702 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003703
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003704 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003705 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3706 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3707 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3708 is silent.
3709
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003710 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003711 UDP source port.
3712
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003713 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003714 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3715
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003716 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3717 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3718
3719 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3720 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3721 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3722 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3723 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3724 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3725 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3726
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003727 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3728 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3729 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3730 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3731 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3732 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3733 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3734
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003735 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003736 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003737 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003738
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003739 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3740 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3741 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3742 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3743 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3744
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003745The following image location variables contain the location of images
3746used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3747not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3748variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3749server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3750loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3751flash or offset in NAND flash.
3752
3753*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003754boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003755boards use these variables for other purposes.
3756
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003757Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3758----- --------- ----------- --------------
3759u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3760Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3761device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3762ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003764The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3765updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3766depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003768 bootfile - see above
3769 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3770 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3771 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3772 hostname - Target hostname
3773 ipaddr - see above
3774 netmask - Subnet Mask
3775 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3776 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003777
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003779There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003781 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3782 as type string and/or serial number
3783 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003785These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3786the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3787once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788
3789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003790Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003792 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3793 with the "version" command. This variable is
3794 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003797Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3798only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003799
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003800
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003801Callback functions for environment variables:
3802---------------------------------------------
3803
3804For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003805when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003806be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
3807deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
3808effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
3809
3810The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
3811U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
3812
3813These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
3814static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
3815in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
3816associations. The list must be in the following format:
3817
3818 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
3819 list = entry[,list]
3820
3821If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
3822Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
3823
3824Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
3825with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
3826override any association in the static list. You can define
3827CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003828".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003829
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003830If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3831regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
3832the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
3833
Heinrich Schuchardt1b040472018-07-29 11:08:14 +02003834The signature of the callback functions is:
3835
3836 int callback(const char *name, const char *value, enum env_op op, int flags)
3837
3838* name - changed environment variable
3839* value - new value of the environment variable
3840* op - operation (create, overwrite, or delete)
3841* flags - attributes of the environment variable change, see flags H_* in
3842 include/search.h
3843
3844The return value is 0 if the variable change is accepted and 1 otherwise.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003846Command Line Parsing:
3847=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003849There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3850the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003852Old, simple command line parser:
3853--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003855- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3856- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003857- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003858- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3859 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003860 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003861- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3862 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003864Hush shell:
3865-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003867- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3868 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3869 until...do...done, ...
3870- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3871 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3872 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3873 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003875General rules:
3876--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003878(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3879 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3880 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3881 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003883(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003884 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003885 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3886 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003887
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003888Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3889=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003890
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003891Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003892such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3893"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003895Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3896MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3897"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003899If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3900in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3901ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3902variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003904o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3905 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003907o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3908 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3909 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003911o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3912 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003914o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3915 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3916 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003918o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05003919 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
3920 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003922If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003923will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003924may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3925The naming convention is as follows:
3926"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003928Image Formats:
3929==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003931U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3932images in two formats:
3933
3934New uImage format (FIT)
3935-----------------------
3936
3937Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3938to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3939components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3940SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3941
3942
3943Old uImage format
3944-----------------
3945
3946Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3947preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3948details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003950* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3951 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003952 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3953 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3954 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003955* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003956 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003957 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003958* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3959* Load Address
3960* Entry Point
3961* Image Name
3962* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003964The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3965and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3966CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003969Linux Support:
3970==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003972Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3973easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3974U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003976U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3977special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3978"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3979instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3980serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003982- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3983 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3984 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003986- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3987 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003989- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3990 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3991 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3992 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3993 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3994 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003997Linux HOWTO:
3998============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004000Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4001---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004003U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4004configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4005(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4006Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004007
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004008But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004010Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4011include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004012Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4013and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004014as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004015
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004016Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4017If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4018is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4019doc/driver-model.
4020
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004022Configuring the Linux kernel:
4023-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004025No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4026device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004029Building a Linux Image:
4030-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004032With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4033not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4034"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4035U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4036which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4037100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004039Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004040
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004041 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004042 make oldconfig
4043 make dep
4044 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004046The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4047encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4048CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004050* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004052* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004054 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4055 -R .note -R .comment \
4056 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004060 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004064 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4065 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4066 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004067
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004069The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4070with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4071combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4072byte header containing information about target architecture,
4073operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4074stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004076"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4077print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004079In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4080contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4081checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083 tools/mkimage -l image
4084 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004086The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4087from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004089 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4090 -n name -d data_file image
4091 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4092 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4093 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4094 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4095 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4096 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4097 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4098 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004099
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004100Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4101address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4102kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004104- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4105- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004107So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004109 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4110 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004111 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004112 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4113 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4114 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4115 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4116 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4117 Load Address: 0x00000000
4118 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004120To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4123 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4124 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4125 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4126 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4127 Load Address: 0x00000000
4128 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004130NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4131speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4132needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4133need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004135 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004136 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4137 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004138 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004139 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4140 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4141 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4142 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4143 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4144 Load Address: 0x00000000
4145 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004148Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4149when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004151 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4152 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4153 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4154 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4155 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4156 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4157 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4158 Load Address: 0x00000000
4159 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004160
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004161The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4162option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4163option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4164from the image:
4165
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004166 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4167 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4168 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4169 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004170
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004172Installing a Linux Image:
4173-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004175To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4176you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4181image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4182address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4183specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4184command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004186Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4187TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004189 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004191 .......... done
4192 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004194 => loads 40100000
4195 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4196 ~>examples/image.srec
4197 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4198 ...
4199 15989 15990 15991 15992
4200 [file transfer complete]
4201 [connected]
4202 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203
4204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004205You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004206this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004211 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4212 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4213 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4214 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4215 Load Address: 00000000
4216 Entry Point: 0000000c
4217 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
4219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004220Boot Linux:
4221-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004223The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4224memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4225of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4226parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4227"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
4229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004230 => printenv bootargs
4231 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004235 => printenv bootargs
4236 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004238 => bootm 40020000
4239 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4240 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4241 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4242 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4243 Load Address: 00000000
4244 Entry Point: 0000000c
4245 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4246 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4247 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4248 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4249 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4250 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4251 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4252 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004254If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004255the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4256format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004258 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004260 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4261 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4262 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4263 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4264 Load Address: 00000000
4265 Entry Point: 0000000c
4266 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004268 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4269 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4270 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4271 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4272 Load Address: 00000000
4273 Entry Point: 00000000
4274 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004276 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4277 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4278 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4279 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4280 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4281 Load Address: 00000000
4282 Entry Point: 0000000c
4283 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4284 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4285 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4286 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4287 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4288 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4289 Load Address: 00000000
4290 Entry Point: 00000000
4291 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4292 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4293 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4294 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4295 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4296 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4297 ...
4298 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4299 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004301 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004303Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4304-----------
4305
4306First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4307titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4308following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4309flat device tree:
4310
4311=> print oftaddr
4312oftaddr=0x300000
4313=> print oft
4314oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4315=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4316Speed: 1000, full duplex
4317Using TSEC0 device
4318TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4319Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4320Load address: 0x300000
4321Loading: #
4322done
4323Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4324=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4325Speed: 1000, full duplex
4326Using TSEC0 device
4327TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4328Filename 'uImage'.
4329Load address: 0x200000
4330Loading:############
4331done
4332Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4333=> print loadaddr
4334loadaddr=200000
4335=> print oftaddr
4336oftaddr=0x300000
4337=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4338## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004339 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4340 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4341 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004342 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004343 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004344 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4345 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4346Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4347Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4348Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4349[snip]
4350
4351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004352More About U-Boot Image Types:
4353------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004357 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4358 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4359 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4360 the Standalone Program.
4361 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4362 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4363 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4364 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4365 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4366 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4367 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4368 being started.
4369 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4370 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4371 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4372 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4373 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4374 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004375
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004376 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4377 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4378 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4379 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4380 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4381 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004383 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4384 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4385 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4388 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4389 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4390 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004391
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004392Booting the Linux zImage:
4393-------------------------
4394
4395On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4396using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4397as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4398
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004399Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004400kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4401address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4402format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4403
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004405Standalone HOWTO:
4406=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004408One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4409run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4410U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004412Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414"Hello World" Demo:
4415-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004417'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4418application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4419It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4420like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004422 => loads
4423 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4424 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4425 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4426 [file transfer complete]
4427 [connected]
4428 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4431 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4432 Hello World
4433 argc = 7
4434 argv[0] = "40004"
4435 argv[1] = "Hello"
4436 argv[2] = "World!"
4437 argv[3] = "This"
4438 argv[4] = "is"
4439 argv[5] = "a"
4440 argv[6] = "test."
4441 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4442 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004444 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004446Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4447handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4448Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4449The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4450character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4451controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004453 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4454 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4455 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4456 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458 => loads
4459 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4460 ~>examples/timer.srec
4461 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4462 [file transfer complete]
4463 [connected]
4464 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466 => go 40004
4467 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4468 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4469 Using timer 1
4470 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004472Hit 'b':
4473 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4474 Enabling timer
4475Hit '?':
4476 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4477 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4478Hit '?':
4479 [q, b, e, ?] .
4480 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4481Hit '?':
4482 [q, b, e, ?] .
4483 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4484Hit '?':
4485 [q, b, e, ?] .
4486 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4487Hit 'e':
4488 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4489Hit 'q':
4490 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004491
4492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493Minicom warning:
4494================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004496Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4497"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4498consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4499Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4500especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004501use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4502http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4503for help with kermit.
4504
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4507configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4510 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4511 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004512
4513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004514NetBSD Notes:
4515=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004517Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4518(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004520Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4521NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4522need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4523Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4524attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4525missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4528 # mkdir powerpc
4529 # ln -s powerpc machine
4530 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4531 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4534and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004536Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4537stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4538proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4539tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004540meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541
4542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543Implementation Internals:
4544=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4547implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4548inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4549hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004550
4551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004552Initial Stack, Global Data:
4553---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004555The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4556starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4557system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4558This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4559is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4560at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4561options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4562models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4563MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4564locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004566 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004567 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4570 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4571 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4572 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004574 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4575 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4576 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4577 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4578 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004579 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004580 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4581 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004583 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4584 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004585 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4587 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4588 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4589 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004591 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004592 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4593 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004594 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004595 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4596 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4597 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4598 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4599 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601 -Chris Hallinan
4602 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4605code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4608 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004610* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4612 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4615 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004618normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4620simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4621functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4622functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4623the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4624place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4625reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4628relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4629GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4632 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004633 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004634 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4635 R5-R10: parameter passing
4636 R13: small data area pointer
4637 R30: GOT pointer
4638 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004640 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4641 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4642 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004644 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4647 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4648 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4649 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4650 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4651 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004653On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655 R0: function argument word/integer result
4656 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004657 R9: platform specific
4658 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004659 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4660 R12: temporary workspace
4661 R13: stack pointer
4662 R14: link register
4663 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004664
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004665 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4666
4667 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004669On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4670 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4671
4672 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4673
4674 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4675 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4676
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004677On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4678
4679 R0-R1: argument/return
4680 R2-R5: argument
4681 R15: temporary register for assembler
4682 R16: trampoline register
4683 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4684 R29: global pointer (GP)
4685 R30: link register (LP)
4686 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4687 PC: program counter (PC)
4688
4689 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4690
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004691NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4692or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004694On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4695
4696 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4697 x1: return address (ra)
4698 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4699 x3: global pointer (gp)
4700 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4701 x5: link register (t0)
4702 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4703 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4704 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4705 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4706 pc: program counter (pc)
4707
4708 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710Memory Management:
4711------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004713U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4714MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4717controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4718memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4719physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4722TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4723booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4724to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004725memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4727Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4730of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4733this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4736 :
4737 0x0000 1FFF
4738 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4739 :
4740 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004742 :
4743 :
4744 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4745 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4746 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4747 :
4748 0x00FD FFFF
4749 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4750 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4751 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4752 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
4754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755System Initialization:
4756----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004759(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004760configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4762To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4763initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004764which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4765cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4766the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4769preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4770(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4771on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4772programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4773simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4774banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004776When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4777different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4778bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
47790x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4780contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4783and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4784Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4785pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4788until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4789running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4790new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
4792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793U-Boot Porting Guide:
4794----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4797list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
4799
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004800int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801{
4802 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004804 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4805 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004808 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809 return 0;
4810 }
4811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812 Download latest U-Boot source;
4813
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004814 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004816 if (clueless)
4817 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004819 while (learning) {
4820 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004821 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4822 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004824 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004827 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4828 Buy a BDI3000;
4829 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004831
4832 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4833 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4834 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4835 } else {
4836 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4837 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004839 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4840 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004842 while (!accepted) {
4843 while (!running) {
4844 do {
4845 Add / modify source code;
4846 } until (compiles);
4847 Debug;
4848 if (clueless)
4849 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4850 }
4851 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4852 if (reasonable critiques)
4853 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4854 else
4855 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858 return 0;
4859}
4860
4861void no_more_time (int sig)
4862{
4863 hire_a_guru();
4864}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
4866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867Coding Standards:
4868-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siach659208d2017-12-10 17:34:35 +02004871coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
4872https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
4873script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004875Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4876MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004877reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004878sources.
4879
4880Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4881Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4882in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883
4884Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4885- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004886- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004888- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4890
4891Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4892with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
4894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004895Submitting Patches:
4896-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4899establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4900may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004902Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004903
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004904Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childs1dade182017-11-14 22:56:42 -08004905see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004907When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4908it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4911 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4912 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4915 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4918
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05004919* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
4920 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02004922* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
4923 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924
4925* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4926 document these in the README file.
4927
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004928* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4929 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004930 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004931 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4932 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004934 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4935 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4936 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004938 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4939 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4940 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4941 affected files).
4942
4943 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4944 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945
4946* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4947 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4948
4949* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4950 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4951
4952
4953Notes:
4954
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004955* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4957 for any of the boards.
4958
4959* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4960 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4961 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4962
4963* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4964 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4965 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4966 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4967 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4968 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004969
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004970* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4971 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4972 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4973 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.